1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
59 #include "termhooks.h"
62 #include "emacs-icon.h"
67 #include "intervals.h"
72 #include "xsettings.h"
74 #include "sysselect.h"
77 #include <X11/Shell.h>
85 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
90 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
94 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
96 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
97 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
99 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
101 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
102 #if defined USE_MOTIF
103 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
104 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
105 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
109 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
110 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
111 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
112 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
114 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
116 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
117 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
118 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
119 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
121 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
125 #ifndef XtNinitialState
126 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
130 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
133 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
136 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
140 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
145 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
148 static bool any_help_event_p
;
150 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
151 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
153 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
156 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
158 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
159 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
160 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
161 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
163 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
165 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
167 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
169 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
174 } pending_event_wait
;
177 /* The application context for Xt use. */
178 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
179 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
181 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
183 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
184 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
186 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
187 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
188 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
190 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
194 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
195 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
196 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
197 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
199 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
201 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
202 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
203 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
204 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
205 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
206 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
207 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
208 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
209 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
212 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
214 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
215 static struct frame
*last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
217 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
219 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
220 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
223 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
224 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
227 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
229 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
230 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
231 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
232 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
233 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
234 it's somewhat accurate. */
236 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
238 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
240 static Time last_user_time
;
242 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
245 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
247 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
249 static int x_noop_count
;
251 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
253 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
254 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
257 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
258 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
260 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
261 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
264 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
265 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
269 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
274 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
275 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
276 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
277 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
279 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
280 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
281 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
283 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
284 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
285 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
286 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
287 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
290 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
291 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
292 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
293 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
294 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
295 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
296 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
297 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
298 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
299 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
300 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
301 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
302 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
303 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
304 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
305 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
306 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
307 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
308 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
309 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
310 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
311 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
312 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
313 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
315 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
316 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
317 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
318 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
319 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
320 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
321 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
322 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
323 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
325 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
326 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
327 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
328 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
329 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
330 int *, struct input_event
*);
332 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
334 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
335 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
336 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
337 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
338 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
339 static void x_initialize (void);
342 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
345 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
347 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
348 connection may be broken. */
349 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
355 eassert (FRAME_X_P (f
));
356 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
360 /* Flush all displays and so all frames on them. */
361 struct x_display_info
*xdi
;
362 for (xdi
= x_display_list
; xdi
; xdi
= xdi
->next
)
363 XFlush (xdi
->display
);
369 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
370 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
371 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
372 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
373 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
376 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
379 /***********************************************************************
381 ***********************************************************************/
385 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
386 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
394 struct record event_record
[100];
396 int event_record_index
;
399 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
401 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
402 event_record_index
= 0;
404 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
405 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
406 event_record_index
++;
413 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
415 struct x_display_info
*
416 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
418 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
420 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
421 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
428 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
430 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
431 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
432 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
434 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
438 unsigned int nchildren
;
441 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
448 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
451 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
453 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
454 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
455 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
457 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
461 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
466 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
467 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
468 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
469 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
473 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
475 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
478 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
480 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
482 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
483 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
484 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
485 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
487 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
489 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
490 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
491 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
493 /* return unless necessary */
498 unsigned long n
, left
;
500 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
501 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
502 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
505 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
507 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
517 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
518 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
519 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
524 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
526 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
530 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
532 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
536 /***********************************************************************
537 Starting and ending an update
538 ***********************************************************************/
540 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
541 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
542 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
543 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
544 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
547 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
553 /* Start update of window W. */
556 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
558 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
559 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
561 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
565 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
567 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
568 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
570 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
572 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
573 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
580 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
583 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
585 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
588 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
590 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
593 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
594 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
597 /* End update of window W.
599 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
600 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
602 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
603 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
604 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
606 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
607 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
611 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
612 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
614 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
619 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
620 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
621 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
623 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
624 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
629 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
630 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
631 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
632 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
636 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
640 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
642 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
643 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
647 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
653 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
654 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
657 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
660 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
664 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
665 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
666 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
667 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
668 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
671 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
678 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
679 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
681 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
682 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
683 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
684 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
685 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
686 overhead is very small. */
687 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
688 && desired_row
->full_width_p
689 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
690 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
692 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
695 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
698 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
699 0, y
, width
, height
);
700 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
701 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
708 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
710 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
711 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
712 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
713 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
714 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
716 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
717 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
721 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
723 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
724 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
725 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
726 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
728 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
730 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
732 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
733 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
734 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
735 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
736 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
737 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
738 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
739 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
741 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
745 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
746 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
747 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
751 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
752 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
753 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
754 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
758 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
760 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
761 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
763 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
768 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
770 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
771 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
773 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
774 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
779 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
780 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
783 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
789 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
790 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
794 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
796 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
798 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
800 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
802 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
803 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
805 face
->background
, depth
);
809 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
810 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
813 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
814 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
815 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
816 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
819 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
820 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
821 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
825 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
826 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
827 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
831 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
834 /***********************************************************************
836 ***********************************************************************/
840 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
841 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
842 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
843 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
844 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
845 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
846 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
847 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
848 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
849 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
850 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
851 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
852 unsigned long *, double, int);
853 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
854 double, int, unsigned long);
855 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
856 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
857 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
858 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
859 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
860 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
862 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
863 int, int, int, int, int, int,
865 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
866 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
867 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
870 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
874 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
878 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
880 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
881 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
882 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
884 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
887 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
891 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
892 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
894 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
895 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
896 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
897 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
898 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
899 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
900 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
902 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
903 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
904 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
906 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
907 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
910 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
911 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
912 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
914 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
915 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
918 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
919 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
921 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
926 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
929 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
934 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
935 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
936 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
938 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
940 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
941 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
943 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
944 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
945 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
947 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
951 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
956 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
957 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
958 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
959 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
961 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
962 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
965 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
966 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
968 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
971 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
975 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
976 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
977 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
980 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
986 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
987 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
991 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
993 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
995 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
998 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1000 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1002 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1003 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1005 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1007 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1010 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1012 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1013 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1015 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1016 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1018 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1019 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1023 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1024 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1027 /* GC must have been set. */
1028 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1032 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1033 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1036 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1038 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1039 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1042 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1047 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1048 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1052 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1057 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1059 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1062 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1067 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1070 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1073 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1074 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1076 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1078 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1080 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1081 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1084 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1085 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1086 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1090 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1092 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1094 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1095 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1096 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1100 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1101 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1106 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1109 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1112 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1113 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1114 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1115 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1119 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1120 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1121 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1122 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1123 contains the first component of a composition. */
1126 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1128 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1129 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1130 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1132 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1136 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1137 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1138 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1139 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1140 s
->background_width
,
1141 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1142 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1143 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1145 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1146 || s
->font_not_found_p
1147 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1150 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1151 s
->background_width
,
1152 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1153 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1159 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1162 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1166 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1167 of S to the right of that box line. */
1168 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1169 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1170 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1174 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1176 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1178 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1180 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1181 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1182 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1184 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1189 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1190 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1193 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1194 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1196 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1198 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1199 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1201 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1202 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1203 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1207 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1210 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1213 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1215 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1216 of S to the right of that box line. */
1217 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1218 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1219 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1223 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1224 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1225 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1226 this composition. */
1228 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1229 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1230 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1232 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1233 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1234 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1236 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1240 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1241 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1242 space on the left or right. */
1243 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1245 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1246 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1248 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1249 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1250 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1255 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1260 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1262 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1263 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1264 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1267 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1271 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1272 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1273 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1276 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1277 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1278 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1279 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1280 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1281 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1289 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1290 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1291 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1297 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1300 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1302 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1306 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1307 of S to the right of that box line. */
1308 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1309 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1310 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1316 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1318 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1319 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1321 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1324 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1325 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1329 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1330 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1331 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1332 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1333 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1334 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1337 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1339 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1340 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1341 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1347 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1350 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1351 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1353 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1354 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1356 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1357 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1358 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1360 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1361 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1362 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1365 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1366 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1367 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1368 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1369 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1370 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1374 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1378 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1379 cannot be determined. */
1381 static struct frame
*
1382 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1384 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1385 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1388 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1390 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1391 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1392 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1393 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1394 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1395 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1397 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1398 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1399 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1403 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1404 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1405 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1411 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1412 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1413 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1414 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1415 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1416 Value is true if successful. */
1419 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1420 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1422 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1423 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1426 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1429 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1430 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1432 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1434 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1436 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1441 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1442 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1444 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1447 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1449 DPY is the display we are working on.
1451 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1452 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1453 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1454 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1456 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1457 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1459 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1460 we allocated the color or not.
1462 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1465 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1466 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1467 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1477 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1478 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1480 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1484 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1485 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1486 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1488 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1490 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1491 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1493 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1495 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1496 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1498 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1499 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1501 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1502 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1507 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1509 params
[0] = color_name
;
1510 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1511 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1512 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1517 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1519 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1521 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1525 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1529 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1530 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1533 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1538 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1539 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1540 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1542 APP is the application context in which we work.
1544 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1545 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1546 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1548 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1551 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1556 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1558 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1561 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1563 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1564 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1565 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1566 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1567 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1572 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1575 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1576 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1577 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1578 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1580 static const XColor
*
1581 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1583 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1585 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1587 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1588 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1591 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1592 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1593 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1595 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1596 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1598 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1599 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1602 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1603 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1607 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1608 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1611 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1613 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1615 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1618 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1620 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1621 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1622 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1623 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1627 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1631 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1632 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1635 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1637 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1641 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1642 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1643 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1647 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1651 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1654 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1655 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1656 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1657 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1659 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1660 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1661 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1663 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1665 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1667 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1668 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1669 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1670 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1672 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1675 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1679 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1680 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1681 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1682 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1686 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1687 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1688 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1689 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1690 XColor
*cached_color
;
1692 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1693 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1694 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1695 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1696 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1698 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1699 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1700 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1704 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1706 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1707 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1713 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1714 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1715 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1719 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1721 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1722 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1726 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1727 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1728 get color reference counts right. */
1731 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1735 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1737 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1738 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1740 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1741 register_color (pixel
);
1747 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1750 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1751 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1752 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1753 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1754 use an additional additive factor.
1756 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1757 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1758 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1761 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1762 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1763 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1764 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1765 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1766 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1769 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1775 /* Get RGB color values. */
1776 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1777 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1779 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1780 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1781 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1782 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1783 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1785 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1786 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1788 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1789 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1790 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1791 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1792 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1794 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1795 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1796 /* The additive adjustment. */
1797 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1801 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1802 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1803 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1807 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1808 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1809 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1813 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1814 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1817 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1819 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1820 delta to the RGB values. */
1821 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1823 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1824 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1825 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1826 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1837 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1838 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1839 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1840 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1841 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1842 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1845 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1848 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1849 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1850 unsigned long pixel
;
1851 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1852 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1853 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1854 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1856 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1857 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1859 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1860 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1861 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1863 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1865 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1866 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1869 /* Allocate new color. */
1870 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1872 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1873 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1875 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1876 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1879 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1881 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1883 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1886 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1890 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1893 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1895 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1896 unsigned long color
;
1898 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1899 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1900 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1902 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1903 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1908 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1909 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1910 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1913 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1914 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1916 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1917 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1918 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1919 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1920 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1925 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1926 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1927 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1928 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1929 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1930 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1934 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1935 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1936 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1937 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1939 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1940 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1945 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1947 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1948 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1950 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1951 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1952 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1959 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1960 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1961 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1963 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1964 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1965 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1966 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1973 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1975 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1976 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1978 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1979 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1980 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1981 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1984 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1986 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1988 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1989 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1993 /* Outermost top line. */
1995 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1996 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1997 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1999 /* Outermost left line. */
2001 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2007 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2008 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2009 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2010 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2011 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2012 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2013 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2019 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2020 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2021 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2022 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2023 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2024 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2027 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2031 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2032 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2033 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2034 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2035 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2036 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2039 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2040 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2041 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2045 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2046 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2047 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2050 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2051 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2055 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2056 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2059 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2060 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2064 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2065 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2067 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2068 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2072 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2075 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2077 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2078 int left_p
, right_p
;
2079 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2080 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2082 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2083 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2084 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2086 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2087 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2089 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2091 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2092 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2094 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2096 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2098 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2100 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2101 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2103 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2104 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2105 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2107 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2109 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2111 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2112 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2113 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2116 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2117 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2118 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2123 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2126 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2129 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2131 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2132 right of that line. */
2133 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2134 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2136 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2138 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2140 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2141 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2142 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2143 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2149 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2150 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2151 trust on the shape extension to be available
2152 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2154 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2157 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2159 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2160 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2161 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2162 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2163 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2165 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2168 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2169 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2170 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2171 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2172 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2173 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2177 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2179 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2182 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2183 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2184 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2185 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2186 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2187 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2189 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2190 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2191 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2192 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2193 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2194 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2195 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2197 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2198 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2199 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2200 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2201 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2206 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2207 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2208 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2212 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2215 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2217 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2220 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2222 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2223 right of that line. */
2224 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2225 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2227 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2229 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2231 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2232 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2233 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2234 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2236 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2237 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2239 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2240 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2244 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2245 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2248 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2249 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2250 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2252 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2253 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2254 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2255 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2256 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2257 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2258 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2259 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2261 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2262 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2263 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2264 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2268 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2271 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2274 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2276 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2277 right of that line. */
2278 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2279 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2281 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2283 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2285 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2286 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2287 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2288 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2294 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2295 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2296 trust on the shape extension to be available
2297 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2299 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2303 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2304 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2305 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2306 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2307 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2309 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2310 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2311 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2312 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2316 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2317 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2318 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2320 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2321 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2322 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2323 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2324 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2325 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2326 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2328 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2329 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2330 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2331 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2336 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2337 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2338 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2342 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2343 give the rectangle to draw. */
2346 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2350 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2351 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2352 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2353 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2356 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2360 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2363 s->x +-------------------------
2366 | +-------------------------
2369 | | +-------------------
2375 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2377 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2378 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2380 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2383 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2384 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2385 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2386 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2388 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2389 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2391 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2392 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2396 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2397 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2401 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2402 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2403 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2404 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2405 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2407 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2408 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2409 s
->background_width
,
2412 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2414 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2416 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2419 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2420 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2421 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2422 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2423 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2424 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2425 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2430 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2432 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2433 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2434 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2435 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2443 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2445 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2447 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2448 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2450 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2453 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2456 /* Draw the foreground. */
2459 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2460 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2461 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2462 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2463 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2466 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2468 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2470 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2471 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2472 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2476 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2479 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2481 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2483 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2484 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2486 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2487 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2488 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2491 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2493 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2497 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2503 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2505 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2507 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2508 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2509 x
+= background_width
;
2511 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2512 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2516 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2518 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2519 if (width
< background_width
)
2522 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2526 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2530 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2531 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2533 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2539 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2540 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2542 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2544 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2545 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2546 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2547 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2552 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2553 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2554 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2555 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2559 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2561 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2562 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2564 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2565 except for header line and mode line. */
2566 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2568 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2571 if (background_width
> 0)
2572 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2575 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2579 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2585 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2590 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2592 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2593 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2594 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2597 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2599 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2603 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2607 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2608 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2609 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2611 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2614 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2616 /* Draw the waves */
2618 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2628 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2633 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2635 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2639 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2640 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2644 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2647 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2649 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2651 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2652 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2653 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2654 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2657 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2659 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2660 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2661 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2662 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2664 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2665 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2666 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2667 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2669 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2670 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2674 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2675 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2677 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2678 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2679 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2680 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2681 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2682 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2685 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2686 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2687 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2688 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2691 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2693 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2694 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2695 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2696 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2697 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2698 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2700 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2702 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2705 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2709 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2713 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2714 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2716 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2717 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2720 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2721 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2722 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2723 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2725 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2726 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2729 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2730 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2731 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2733 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2734 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2741 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2743 /* Draw underline. */
2744 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2746 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2748 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2749 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2753 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2754 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2755 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2756 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2759 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2761 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2764 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2765 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2767 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2768 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2769 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2773 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2774 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2775 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2778 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2779 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2782 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2783 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2784 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2785 specs, and its default is
2787 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2788 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2790 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2791 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2792 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2794 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2796 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2798 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2800 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2801 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2802 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2803 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2804 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2805 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2806 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2807 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2808 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2809 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2810 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2811 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2815 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2816 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2817 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2818 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2819 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2823 /* Draw overline. */
2824 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2826 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2828 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2829 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2834 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2835 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2836 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2838 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2842 /* Draw strike-through. */
2843 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2845 unsigned long h
= 1;
2846 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2848 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2849 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2854 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2855 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2856 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2858 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2862 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2863 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2864 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2868 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2870 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2871 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2872 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2874 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2875 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2876 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2879 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2880 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2881 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2882 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2884 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2885 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2887 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2893 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2895 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2896 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2897 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2899 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2900 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2901 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2904 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2905 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2906 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2907 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2909 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2910 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2912 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2913 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2918 /* Reset clipping. */
2919 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2923 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2926 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2928 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2929 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2930 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2934 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2938 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2944 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2945 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2948 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2950 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2951 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2955 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2958 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2960 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2962 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2966 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2968 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2969 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2970 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2972 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2973 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2974 redisplay, do it here. */
2975 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2976 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2979 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2986 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2989 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2995 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2996 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2997 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2999 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3000 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3001 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3002 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3004 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3008 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3011 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3012 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3013 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3014 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3015 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3016 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3017 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3018 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3019 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3022 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3023 pixels into background pixels. */
3027 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3028 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3029 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3031 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3032 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3036 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3037 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3038 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3039 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3040 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3041 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3042 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3046 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3047 edge it is next to. */
3048 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3050 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3051 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3054 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3055 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3062 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3064 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3065 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3067 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3069 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3070 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3071 width
, flash_height
);
3072 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3074 (height
- flash_height
3075 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3076 width
, flash_height
);
3080 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3081 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3082 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3083 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3088 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3089 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3091 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3093 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3095 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3096 struct timespec timeout
;
3098 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3099 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3102 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3103 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3105 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3106 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3110 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3111 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3113 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3115 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3116 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3117 width
, flash_height
);
3118 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3120 (height
- flash_height
3121 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3122 width
, flash_height
);
3125 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3126 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3127 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3128 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3134 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3136 #undef XFillRectangle
3138 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3149 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3154 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3155 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3156 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3159 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3160 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3161 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3166 /* Make audible bell. */
3169 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3171 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3179 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3181 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3183 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3190 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3191 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3192 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3193 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3196 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3198 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3203 /***********************************************************************
3205 ***********************************************************************/
3207 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3208 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3211 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3217 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3220 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3222 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3223 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3225 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3226 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3228 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3230 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3231 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3232 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3233 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3234 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3235 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3236 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3237 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3239 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3243 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3244 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3245 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3247 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3249 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3250 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3252 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3253 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3258 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3259 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3260 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3264 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3265 line at the bottom. */
3266 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3267 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3269 height
= run
->height
;
3273 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3275 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3276 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3278 height
= run
->height
;
3283 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3286 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3287 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3288 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3298 /***********************************************************************
3300 ***********************************************************************/
3304 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3306 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3307 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3308 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3309 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3311 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3312 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3313 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3314 because of this (bug#9310). */
3315 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3316 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3317 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3318 x_uncatch_errors ();
3320 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3321 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3325 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3327 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3328 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3329 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3330 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3332 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3333 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3334 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3335 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3336 x_uncatch_errors ();
3338 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3339 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3342 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3343 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3344 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3345 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3346 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3349 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3351 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3353 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3355 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3356 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3357 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3359 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3360 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3362 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3363 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3365 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3368 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3371 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3372 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3373 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3376 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3378 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3380 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3382 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3383 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3385 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3386 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3387 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3388 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3389 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3390 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3392 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3393 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3396 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3399 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3400 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3403 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3405 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3407 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3409 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3410 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3412 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3413 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3417 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3418 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3420 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3421 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3425 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3426 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3428 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3431 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3433 struct frame
*frame
;
3435 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3439 switch (event
->type
)
3444 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3446 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3448 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3449 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3450 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3451 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3453 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3459 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3460 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3461 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3462 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3466 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3468 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3469 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3470 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3477 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3478 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3481 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3483 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3487 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3488 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3489 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3491 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3492 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3493 the appropriate X display info. */
3496 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3498 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3502 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3504 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3506 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3508 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3509 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3510 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3511 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3512 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3514 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3515 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3519 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3521 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3524 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3525 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3526 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3532 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3534 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3536 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3538 int min_code
, max_code
;
3541 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3543 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3544 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3545 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3546 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3547 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3549 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3551 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3552 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3554 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3556 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3557 Alt keysyms are on. */
3559 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3560 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3562 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3564 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3565 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3567 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3569 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3573 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3577 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3579 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3585 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3586 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3591 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3592 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3597 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3598 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3599 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3600 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3605 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3606 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3607 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3608 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3612 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3613 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3614 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3615 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3616 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3625 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3626 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3628 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3629 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3632 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3633 make them just meta, not alt. */
3634 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3636 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3640 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3643 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3647 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3649 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3650 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3651 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3652 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3655 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3656 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3657 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3658 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3659 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3660 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3661 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3662 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3664 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3665 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3666 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3667 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3668 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3669 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3673 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3675 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3676 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3677 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3678 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3682 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3683 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3684 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3685 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3686 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3687 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3688 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3689 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3692 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3693 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3694 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3695 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3696 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3697 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3700 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3703 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3708 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3716 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3718 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3720 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3724 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3726 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3728 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3729 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3730 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3731 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3733 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3737 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3738 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3739 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3745 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3746 The input handler calls this.
3748 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3749 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3750 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3751 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3753 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3754 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3757 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3759 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3760 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3761 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3763 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3766 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3768 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3769 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3770 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3771 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3776 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3777 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3778 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3779 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3780 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3781 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3783 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3784 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3785 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3786 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3787 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3788 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3796 /************************************************************************
3798 ************************************************************************/
3801 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3803 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3804 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3805 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3806 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3807 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3812 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3813 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3815 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3816 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3817 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3818 position on the scroll bar.
3820 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3821 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3824 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3825 was at this position.
3827 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3829 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3833 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3834 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3841 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3842 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3848 Window dummy_window
;
3851 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3853 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3854 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3855 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3856 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3857 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3859 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3861 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3862 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3863 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3865 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3868 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3869 a different screen. */
3872 /* The position on that root window. */
3875 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3878 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3880 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3882 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3883 containing the pointer. */
3887 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3891 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3892 structure is changing at the same time this function
3893 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3895 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3897 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3898 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3900 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3901 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3902 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3904 /* From-window, to-window. */
3905 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3907 /* From-position, to-position. */
3908 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3912 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3918 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3920 /* From-window, to-window. */
3923 /* From-position, to-position. */
3924 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3929 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3932 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3933 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3934 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3935 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3936 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3944 /* Now we know that:
3945 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3946 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3947 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3948 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3949 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3950 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3951 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3952 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3953 never use them in that case.) */
3956 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3957 want the edit window. */
3958 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3960 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3961 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3964 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3965 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3968 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3969 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3971 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3974 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3977 x_uncatch_errors ();
3979 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3982 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3984 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3988 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3994 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3995 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3999 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4000 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4001 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4002 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4003 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4004 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4005 the frame are divided into. */
4007 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4008 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4013 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4014 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4015 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4025 /***********************************************************************
4027 ***********************************************************************/
4029 /* Scroll bar support. */
4031 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4033 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4036 static struct scroll_bar
*
4037 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4039 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4041 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4042 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4043 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4045 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4047 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4049 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4052 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4054 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4055 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4056 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4057 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4058 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4061 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4062 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4063 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4064 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4071 #if defined USE_LUCID
4073 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4074 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4077 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4079 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4081 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4082 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4084 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4086 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4092 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4095 /************************************************************************
4097 ************************************************************************/
4099 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4101 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4102 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4103 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4104 struct scroll_bar
*);
4105 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4109 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4110 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4112 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4114 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4116 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4118 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4119 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4122 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4124 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4126 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4128 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4129 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4130 to avoid jerkiness. */
4132 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4134 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4135 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4136 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4137 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4140 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4141 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4144 const char *end_action
;
4147 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4148 end_action
= "Release";
4149 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4150 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4151 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4152 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4155 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4156 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4160 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4161 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4162 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4164 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4166 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4167 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4168 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4170 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4171 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4173 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4174 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4177 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4179 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4180 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4182 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4183 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4186 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4187 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4188 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4189 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4192 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4195 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4196 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4197 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4202 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4203 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4204 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4205 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4206 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4209 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4210 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4211 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4212 into that array in the event. */
4213 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4214 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4217 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4219 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4220 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4222 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4223 scroll_bar_windows
=
4224 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4225 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4226 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4227 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4230 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4231 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4232 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4233 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4234 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4235 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4237 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4238 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4239 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4240 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4243 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4244 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4245 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4246 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4251 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4255 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4257 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4261 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4262 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4264 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4266 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4267 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4270 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4273 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4275 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4276 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4277 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4278 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4279 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4285 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4287 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4290 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4291 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4292 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4295 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4297 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4298 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4299 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4303 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4304 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4305 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4308 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4309 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4310 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4313 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4314 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4315 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4318 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4319 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4320 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4324 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4325 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4328 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4329 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4330 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4337 /* Get the slider size. */
4339 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4342 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4343 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4344 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4345 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4349 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4355 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4356 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4357 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4361 #elif defined USE_GTK
4363 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4364 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4367 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4368 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4372 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4374 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4375 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4376 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4378 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4379 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4384 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4385 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4386 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4387 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4389 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4390 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4391 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4392 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4393 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4396 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4397 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4398 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4400 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4401 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4402 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4404 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4405 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4406 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4408 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4409 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4410 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4416 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4417 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4418 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4424 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4427 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4428 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4431 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4432 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4433 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4435 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4436 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4437 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4444 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4446 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4447 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4448 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4452 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4454 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4455 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4456 float top
= *top_addr
;
4458 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4461 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4463 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4467 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4469 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4470 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4471 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4472 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4473 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4475 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4477 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4479 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4480 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4481 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4482 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4486 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4487 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4488 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4489 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4490 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4491 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4492 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4495 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4497 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4498 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4499 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4503 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4505 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4508 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4509 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4511 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4512 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4513 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4514 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4516 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4518 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4519 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4520 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4521 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4524 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4526 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4528 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4529 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4533 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4535 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4538 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4539 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4544 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4547 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4553 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4554 unsigned long pixel
;
4559 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4560 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4561 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4562 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4563 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4564 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4565 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4566 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4568 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4571 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4575 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4578 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4582 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4583 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4585 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4586 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4588 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4590 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4592 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4594 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4596 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4598 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4601 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4602 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4604 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4605 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4606 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4607 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4609 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4611 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4612 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4613 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4614 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4615 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4616 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4617 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4618 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4620 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4623 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4627 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4630 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4634 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4636 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4637 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4639 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4642 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4643 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4644 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4646 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4649 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4651 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4654 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4655 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4656 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4658 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4662 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4663 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4664 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4665 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4666 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4667 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4668 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4671 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4672 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4676 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4677 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4678 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4680 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4682 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4685 /* Specify the colors. */
4686 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4689 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4692 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4695 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4701 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4702 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4705 char const *initial
= "";
4706 char const *val
= initial
;
4707 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4708 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4709 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4711 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4712 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4713 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4714 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4715 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4716 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4720 /* Define callbacks. */
4721 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4722 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4725 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4726 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4728 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4730 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4731 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4732 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4733 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4735 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4736 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4737 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4738 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4742 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4745 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4746 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4750 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4752 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4755 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4757 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4760 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4761 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4768 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4770 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4771 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4772 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4773 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4774 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4775 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4776 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4777 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4778 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4779 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4780 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4781 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4782 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4783 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4791 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4792 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4795 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4799 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4800 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4802 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4804 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4805 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4806 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4808 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4810 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4816 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4817 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4821 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4823 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4824 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4825 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4829 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4830 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4831 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4834 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4835 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4837 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4838 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4839 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4840 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4842 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4843 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4846 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4847 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4848 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4850 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4854 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4858 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4860 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4864 /************************************************************************
4865 Scroll bars, general
4866 ************************************************************************/
4868 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4869 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4870 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4873 static struct scroll_bar
*
4874 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4876 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4877 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4878 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4883 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4884 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4885 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4887 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4891 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4892 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4893 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4895 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4896 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4898 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4900 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4902 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4903 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4904 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4905 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4906 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4907 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
4909 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4910 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4911 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4913 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4915 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4922 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4924 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4926 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4930 bar
->height
= height
;
4933 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4934 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4936 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4937 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4939 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
4940 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
4941 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4942 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4944 /* Map the window/widget. */
4945 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4948 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4951 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4952 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4954 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4955 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4956 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4957 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4959 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4960 max (height
, 1), 0);
4961 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4962 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4964 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4965 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4966 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4973 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4975 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4977 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4978 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4979 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4982 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4983 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4984 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4985 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4986 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4989 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
4991 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4992 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4993 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4994 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4996 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4998 && start
== bar
->start
5005 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5006 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5007 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5009 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5010 the distance between start and end. */
5012 int length
= end
- start
;
5016 else if (start
> top_range
)
5018 end
= start
+ length
;
5022 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5026 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5030 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5031 if (end
> top_range
)
5034 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5035 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5036 that many pixels tall. */
5037 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5039 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5040 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5042 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5043 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5044 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5045 inside_width
, start
);
5047 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5048 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5049 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5050 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5052 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5053 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5054 /* x, y, width, height */
5055 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5056 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5057 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5059 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5060 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5061 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5062 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5064 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5065 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5066 if (end
< inside_height
)
5067 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5068 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5069 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5070 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5076 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5078 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5082 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5084 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5087 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5089 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5090 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5091 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5092 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5094 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5097 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5098 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5104 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5105 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5106 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5110 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5112 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5114 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5115 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5116 int window_y
, window_height
;
5117 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5118 bool fringe_extended_p
;
5121 /* Get window dimensions. */
5122 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5124 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5125 height
= window_height
;
5127 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5128 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5130 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5131 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5132 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5133 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5137 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5138 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5139 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5140 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5142 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5144 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5145 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5150 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5151 fringe_extended_p
= WINDOW_FRINGE_EXTENDED_P (w
);
5154 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5155 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5157 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5160 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5161 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5162 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5163 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
);
5166 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5167 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5171 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5175 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5176 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5178 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5182 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5184 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5186 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5188 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5191 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5193 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5194 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5196 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5197 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5198 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5200 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5201 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5202 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
);
5204 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5205 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5208 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5211 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5212 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5214 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5215 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5216 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5218 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5219 max (height
, 1), 0);
5220 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5222 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5224 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5225 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5226 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5228 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5229 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
, height
);
5230 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5231 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5232 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
, height
);
5235 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5236 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5237 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5240 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5241 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5242 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5244 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5245 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5246 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
, rest
, height
);
5248 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5249 left
, top
, rest
, height
);
5253 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5258 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5260 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5262 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5266 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5268 /* Remember new settings. */
5269 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5271 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5272 bar
->height
= height
;
5277 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5278 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5280 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5281 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5282 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5284 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5286 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5289 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5292 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5293 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5294 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5297 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5299 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5300 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5304 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5305 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5306 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5307 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5308 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5309 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5310 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5312 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5313 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5314 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5317 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5319 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5320 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5323 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5324 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5325 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5326 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5327 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5328 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5329 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5334 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5335 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5338 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5340 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5344 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5345 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5348 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5350 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5351 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5352 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5354 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5356 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5357 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5359 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5360 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5361 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5363 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5364 one or the other! */
5368 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5370 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5371 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5373 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5375 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5376 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5377 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5378 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5381 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5382 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5385 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5387 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5389 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5391 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5392 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5393 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5395 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5397 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5399 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5402 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5405 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5406 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5410 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5411 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5412 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5414 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5418 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5420 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5421 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5422 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5423 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5427 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5429 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5430 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5431 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5432 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5434 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5435 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5437 /* x, y, width, height */
5439 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5442 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5443 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5444 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5445 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5450 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5452 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5453 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5455 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5460 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5462 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5465 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5466 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5467 emacs_event
->modifiers
5468 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5469 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5470 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5471 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5474 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5475 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5476 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5479 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5480 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5483 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5486 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5487 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5488 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5490 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5492 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5493 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5494 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5495 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5497 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5498 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5500 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5501 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5505 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5506 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5510 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5512 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5514 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5518 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5520 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5522 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5525 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5527 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5528 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5530 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5531 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5533 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5535 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5537 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5542 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5544 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5545 on the scroll bar. */
5548 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5549 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5550 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5552 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5553 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5554 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5556 Window dummy_window
;
5558 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5562 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5564 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5566 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5567 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5568 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5570 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5573 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5579 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5581 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5583 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5584 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5588 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5592 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5594 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5595 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5596 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5597 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5598 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5599 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5601 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5603 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5604 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5607 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5610 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5616 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5617 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5618 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5622 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5624 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5627 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5628 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5629 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5630 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5631 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5632 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5633 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5634 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5636 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5640 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5642 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5643 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5644 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5645 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5647 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5648 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5650 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5652 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5653 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5655 static int temp_index
;
5656 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5658 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5659 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5661 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5663 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5664 on a particular display. */
5666 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5668 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5669 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5670 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5671 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5673 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5675 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5676 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5679 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5680 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5681 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5682 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5683 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5684 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5696 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5697 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5698 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5700 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5702 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5706 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5708 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5709 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5710 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5713 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5714 event
->xclient
.window
);
5716 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5721 static int current_count
;
5722 static int current_finish
;
5723 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5725 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5726 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5727 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5728 static GdkFilterReturn
5729 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5731 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5734 if (current_count
>= 0)
5736 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5738 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5741 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5742 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5743 so we do it here. */
5744 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5746 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5749 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5754 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5757 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5761 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5765 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5766 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5768 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5770 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5773 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5774 enum xembed_message
,
5775 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5777 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5779 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5780 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5781 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5783 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5786 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5787 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5790 struct input_event ie
;
5791 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5795 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5796 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5797 struct coding_system coding
;
5798 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5799 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5802 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5804 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5805 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5808 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5809 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5815 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5816 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5817 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5819 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5820 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5822 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5823 could be the shell widget window
5824 if the frame has no title bar. */
5825 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5827 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5828 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5829 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5831 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5832 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5833 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5834 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5835 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5838 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5839 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5840 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5841 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5844 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5845 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5846 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5849 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5850 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5851 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5853 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5854 /* The ICCCM says this is
5855 the only valid choice. */
5857 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5858 /* This is needed to detect the error
5859 if there is an error. */
5861 x_uncatch_errors ();
5863 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5868 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5869 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5871 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5872 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5873 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5874 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5875 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5876 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5877 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5878 session manager and one for this. */
5880 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5883 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5884 event
.xclient
.window
);
5885 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5886 for a single Emacs process. */
5887 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5888 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5889 event
.xclient
.window
,
5890 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5892 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5893 event
.xclient
.window
,
5899 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5900 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5902 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5903 event
.xclient
.window
);
5905 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5907 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5908 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5915 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5916 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5921 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5922 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5925 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5927 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5928 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5932 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5939 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5940 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5942 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5944 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5948 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5950 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5951 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5952 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5953 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5955 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5956 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5957 currently never do because we are interested in
5958 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5959 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5960 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5963 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5964 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5968 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5969 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5970 we construct an input_event. */
5971 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5972 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5974 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5975 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5978 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5980 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5981 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5982 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5984 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5985 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5986 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5988 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5992 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
5994 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5997 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5998 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6002 case SelectionNotify
:
6003 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6004 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6005 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6007 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6008 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6011 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6012 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6013 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6014 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6016 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6018 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6020 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6021 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6022 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6023 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6027 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6028 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6029 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6030 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6032 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6034 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6036 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6037 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6038 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6039 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6040 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6041 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6042 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6046 case PropertyNotify
:
6047 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6048 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6049 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6050 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
)
6051 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6052 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6054 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6055 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6056 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6057 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6058 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6059 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6060 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6061 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6062 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6065 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6066 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6069 case ReparentNotify
:
6070 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6074 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6075 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6079 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6080 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6081 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6083 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6088 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6092 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6093 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6094 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6095 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6096 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6098 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6100 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6101 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6102 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6103 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6107 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6108 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6112 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6113 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6115 #if defined USE_LUCID
6116 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6117 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6118 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6121 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6123 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6125 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6127 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6128 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6130 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6131 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6132 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6135 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6136 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6139 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6140 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6144 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6145 source area was obscured or not
6147 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6151 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6152 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6153 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6155 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6158 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6161 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6162 source area was completely
6167 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6168 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6171 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6174 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6175 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6176 the frame was deleted. */
6178 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6179 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6180 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6181 display that won't ever be seen. */
6182 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6183 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6184 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6185 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6186 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6187 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6188 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6189 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6191 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6192 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6193 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6199 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6200 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6201 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6204 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6205 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6206 frame is visible. */
6207 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6210 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6211 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6212 the frame's display structures.
6213 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6214 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6215 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6216 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6218 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6220 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6221 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6222 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6223 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6225 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6226 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6227 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6231 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6232 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6234 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6235 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6236 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6237 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6240 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6247 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6248 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6250 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6251 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6252 if (popup_activated ())
6256 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6258 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6259 mouse highlighting. */
6260 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6262 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6264 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6265 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6268 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6271 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6272 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6273 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6275 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6277 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6278 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6281 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6285 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6286 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6287 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6290 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6291 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6292 status_return even if the input is too long to
6293 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6294 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6295 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6296 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6297 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6298 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6299 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6301 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6305 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6306 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6307 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6309 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6313 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6314 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6315 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6317 /* This will have to go some day... */
6319 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6320 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6321 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6322 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6323 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6324 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6325 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6327 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6328 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6329 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6330 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6331 not it is combined with Meta. */
6332 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6333 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6338 Status status_return
;
6340 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6341 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6342 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6343 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6345 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6347 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6348 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6349 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6350 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6351 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6354 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6355 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6357 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6362 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6363 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6367 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6368 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6371 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6372 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6376 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6377 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6378 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6381 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6382 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6384 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6385 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6387 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6388 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6390 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6391 translations to characters. */
6392 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6393 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6395 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6396 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6400 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6401 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6403 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6404 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6406 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6407 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6411 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6412 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6413 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6418 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6419 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6420 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6421 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6425 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6426 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6427 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6428 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6429 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6430 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6432 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6433 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6435 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6436 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6437 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6438 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6439 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6441 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6442 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6444 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6445 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6447 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6448 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6450 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6451 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6453 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6454 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6456 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6457 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6459 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6460 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6462 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6463 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6465 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6466 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6468 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6469 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6471 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6472 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6474 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6475 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6477 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6478 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6480 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6481 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6482 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6483 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6484 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6485 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6486 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6487 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6488 don't have real modifiers but
6489 should be treated similarly to
6490 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6491 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6492 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6493 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6497 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6498 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6500 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6501 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6505 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6509 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6511 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6513 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6516 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6518 /* Decode the input data. */
6520 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6521 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6522 we used just above and the locale. */
6523 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6524 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6525 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6526 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6527 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6528 gives us composition information. */
6529 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6531 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6533 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6534 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6535 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6536 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6537 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6538 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6541 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6542 character events. */
6543 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6546 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6547 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6549 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6550 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6551 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6552 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6554 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6559 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6561 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6567 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6568 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6576 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6578 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6579 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6587 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6588 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6590 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6592 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6593 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6595 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6596 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6597 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6598 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6600 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6601 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6602 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6603 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6608 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6612 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6613 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6615 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6618 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6620 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6621 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6622 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6623 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6626 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6627 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6628 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6629 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6630 if (any_help_event_p
)
6634 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6635 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6636 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6641 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6646 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6647 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6648 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6650 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6651 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6652 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6654 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6656 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6658 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6659 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6663 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6669 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6670 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6671 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6675 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6676 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6679 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6680 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6681 will be selected only when it is active. */
6682 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6683 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6684 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6685 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6686 create event iff we don't leave the
6688 && (focus_follows_mouse
6689 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6690 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6692 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6693 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6698 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6699 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6703 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6704 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6705 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6706 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6709 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6710 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6712 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6713 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6714 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6717 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6718 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6719 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6720 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6725 case ConfigureNotify
:
6726 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6729 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6730 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6732 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6733 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6739 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6741 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6742 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6744 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6745 is called by the code that handles resizing
6746 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6748 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6749 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6750 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6751 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6752 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6753 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6754 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6756 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6757 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6758 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6761 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6762 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6763 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6767 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6768 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6769 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6770 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6773 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6777 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6778 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6787 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6788 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6789 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6791 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6792 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6793 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6795 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6797 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6798 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6800 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6803 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6808 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6809 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6810 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6813 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6814 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6816 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6817 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6819 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6821 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6822 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6823 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6824 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6829 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6830 if (! popup_activated ())
6833 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6835 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6836 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6838 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6839 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6841 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6842 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6845 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6847 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6848 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6849 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6853 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6854 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6855 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6857 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6858 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6860 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6862 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6863 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6865 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6867 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6868 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6871 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6873 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6874 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6877 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6880 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6882 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6883 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6884 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6888 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6889 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6890 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6891 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6892 Instead, save it away
6893 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6894 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6895 if (! popup_activated ()
6897 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6898 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6900 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6901 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6902 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6903 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6904 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6905 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6906 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6907 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6909 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6910 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6914 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6918 case CirculateNotify
:
6921 case CirculateRequest
:
6924 case VisibilityNotify
:
6928 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6930 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6932 case MappingModifier
:
6933 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6934 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6935 case MappingKeyboard
:
6936 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6941 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6946 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6948 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6949 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6951 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6956 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6958 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6963 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6968 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6974 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6975 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6976 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6980 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6981 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6991 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6993 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6994 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6995 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6997 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6999 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7001 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7002 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7004 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7007 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7014 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7015 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7017 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7018 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7019 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7023 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7026 int event_found
= 0;
7030 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7031 input_signal_count
++;
7033 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7034 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7036 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7037 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7041 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7046 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7049 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7050 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7055 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7056 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7058 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7066 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7067 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7068 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7069 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7071 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7072 from all displays. */
7074 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7076 current_count
= count
;
7077 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7079 gtk_main_iteration ();
7081 count
= current_count
;
7083 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7085 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7088 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7090 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7091 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7094 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7095 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7096 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7098 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7102 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7103 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7105 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7107 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7108 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7112 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7114 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7115 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7117 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7118 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7129 /***********************************************************************
7131 ***********************************************************************/
7133 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7134 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7136 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7137 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7138 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7141 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7142 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7144 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7145 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7146 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7148 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7150 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7151 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7152 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7153 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7154 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7156 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7160 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7163 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7165 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7166 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7167 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7170 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7173 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7174 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7175 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7176 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7179 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7180 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7181 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7183 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7184 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7185 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7186 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7187 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7189 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7190 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7191 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7193 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7194 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7195 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7196 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7200 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7202 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7203 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7204 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7208 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7210 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7211 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7213 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7214 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7216 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7217 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7220 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7221 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7222 the bar might not be in the window. */
7223 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7225 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7226 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7227 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7231 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7232 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7233 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7234 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7235 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7238 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7239 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7240 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7241 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7242 that the glyph is legible. */
7243 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7244 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7246 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7247 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7250 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7253 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7254 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7257 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7259 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7261 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7264 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7265 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7267 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7269 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7270 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7271 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7272 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7274 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7275 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7276 width
, row
->height
);
7280 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7283 width
= row
->height
;
7285 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7287 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7288 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7290 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7291 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7292 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7293 row
->height
- width
),
7294 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7297 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7302 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7305 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7307 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7308 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7309 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7310 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7314 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7317 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7319 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7321 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7322 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7323 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7328 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7331 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7332 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7333 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7335 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7339 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7340 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7342 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7343 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7344 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7345 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7347 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7348 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7352 switch (cursor_type
)
7354 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7355 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7358 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7359 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7363 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7367 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7371 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7380 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7381 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7382 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7387 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7394 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7397 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7399 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7401 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7404 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7405 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7406 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7407 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7412 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7413 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7414 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7416 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7417 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7418 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7422 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7423 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7429 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7430 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7433 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7435 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7437 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7441 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7444 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7445 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7449 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7450 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7454 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7455 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7456 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7457 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7458 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7460 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7463 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7464 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7470 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7471 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7474 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7476 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7481 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7482 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7484 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7485 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7488 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7489 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7490 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7491 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7496 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7498 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7499 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7501 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7502 be called from a signal handler.
7505 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7506 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7508 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7510 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7512 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7513 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7514 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7517 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7519 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7520 x_error_message
->string
,
7521 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7524 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7525 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7528 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7529 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7530 stored in *x_error_message.
7532 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7533 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7535 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7538 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7540 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7542 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7546 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7547 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7548 x_error_message
= data
;
7551 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7552 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7555 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7557 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7561 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7562 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7563 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7564 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7566 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7567 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7572 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7573 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7574 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7577 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7579 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7582 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7584 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7585 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7586 x_uncatch_errors ();
7587 error (format
, string
);
7591 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7592 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7595 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7597 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7600 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7603 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7606 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7608 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7611 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7612 * idea. --lorentey */
7613 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7616 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7618 while (x_error_message
)
7619 x_uncatch_errors ();
7624 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7627 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7632 /************************************************************************
7634 ************************************************************************/
7636 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7638 static char *error_msg
;
7640 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7641 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7644 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7646 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7647 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7648 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7650 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7651 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7653 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7654 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7658 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7660 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7661 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7664 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7665 that are on the dead display. */
7666 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7668 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7670 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7671 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7672 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7673 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7674 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7675 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7678 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7679 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7680 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7681 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7682 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7683 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7685 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7686 trying to find a replacement. */
7687 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7688 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7691 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7692 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7695 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7696 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7697 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7699 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7700 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7701 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7702 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7703 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7704 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7705 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7706 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7707 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7710 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7712 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7713 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7715 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7716 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7717 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7718 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7723 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7724 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7728 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7730 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7731 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7735 totally_unblock_input ();
7737 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7738 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7740 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7741 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7743 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7744 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7745 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7746 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7749 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7750 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7751 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7753 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7754 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7757 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7759 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7760 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7761 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7767 if (x_error_message
)
7768 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7770 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7774 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7775 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7776 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7778 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7780 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7781 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7783 static void NO_INLINE
7784 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7786 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7788 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7789 or colors that are not defined. */
7791 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7794 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7795 original error handler. */
7797 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7798 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7799 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7800 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7804 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7805 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7806 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7809 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7813 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7814 DisplayString (display
));
7815 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7819 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7821 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7822 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7823 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7827 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7829 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7832 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7833 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7834 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7835 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7839 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7840 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7841 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7842 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7844 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7846 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7847 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7849 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7850 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7851 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7855 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7856 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7859 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7861 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7862 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7863 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7864 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7865 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7870 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7873 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7882 /***********************************************************************
7884 ***********************************************************************/
7890 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7891 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7892 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7895 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7897 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7898 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7902 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7903 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7905 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7906 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7908 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7909 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7913 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7914 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7915 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7919 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7922 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7923 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7926 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7927 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7930 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7938 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7939 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7946 XIMCallback destroy
;
7949 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7950 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7953 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7954 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7955 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7961 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7962 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7966 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7968 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7969 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7970 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7971 when the callback was registered. */
7974 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7976 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7977 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7979 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7983 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7985 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7986 as they have no XIC. */
7987 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7989 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7992 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7994 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7997 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7998 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8000 create_frame_xic (f
);
8001 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8002 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8003 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8005 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8006 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8015 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8018 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8019 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8020 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8021 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8024 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8026 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8030 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8031 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8033 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8034 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8035 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
8036 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8037 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8038 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8039 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8040 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8041 least, hence the configure test. */
8042 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8043 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8044 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8045 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8047 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8051 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8054 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8059 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8060 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8061 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8063 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8064 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8065 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8066 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8067 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8068 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8069 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8070 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8072 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8075 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8079 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8080 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8083 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8085 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8087 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8088 is already for the top-left corner. */
8089 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8092 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8093 position that fits on the screen. */
8094 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8095 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8096 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8099 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8101 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8102 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8103 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8105 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8106 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8107 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8108 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8111 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8112 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8114 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8117 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8118 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8119 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8122 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8123 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8124 so the flags should correspond. */
8125 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8128 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8129 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8130 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8131 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8132 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8135 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8137 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8139 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8141 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8142 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8146 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8148 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8150 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8151 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8153 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8156 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8158 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8159 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8161 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8163 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8164 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8165 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8166 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8167 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8170 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8171 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8173 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8174 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8177 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8178 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8179 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8180 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8183 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8184 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8185 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8187 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8188 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8189 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8190 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8191 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8192 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8197 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8198 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8199 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8200 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8201 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8204 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8207 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8208 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8209 Window wmcheck_window
;
8210 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8211 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8212 long max_len
= 65536;
8213 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8214 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8215 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8219 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8220 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8221 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8222 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8223 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8224 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8226 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8228 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8229 x_uncatch_errors ();
8234 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8237 /* Check if window exists. */
8238 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8240 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8242 x_uncatch_errors ();
8247 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8249 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8250 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8251 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8252 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8253 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8254 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8256 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8258 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8259 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8260 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8261 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8262 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8264 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8266 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8267 x_uncatch_errors ();
8272 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8273 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8274 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8279 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8280 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8282 x_uncatch_errors ();
8289 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8291 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8293 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8294 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8296 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8298 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8300 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8302 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8307 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8310 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8312 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8314 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8315 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8318 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8319 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8320 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8322 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8325 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8331 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8332 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8333 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8334 long max_len
= 65536;
8335 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8336 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8337 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8340 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8343 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8344 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8345 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8346 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8347 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8349 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8351 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8352 x_uncatch_errors ();
8354 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8357 x_uncatch_errors ();
8359 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8361 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8362 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8365 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8367 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8369 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8370 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8372 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8374 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8376 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8377 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8379 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8381 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8382 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8383 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8387 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8392 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8395 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8397 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8398 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8401 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8403 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8404 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8406 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8408 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8412 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8414 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8415 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8416 are sent at once. */
8417 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8419 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8420 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8421 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8422 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8423 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8424 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8426 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8427 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8428 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8429 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8430 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8431 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8432 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8434 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8435 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8436 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8437 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8439 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8440 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8442 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8443 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8444 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8445 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8448 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8449 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8450 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8452 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8456 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8460 return have_net_atom
;
8464 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8466 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8469 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8477 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8479 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8482 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8487 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8490 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8493 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8496 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8501 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8502 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8507 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8508 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8510 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8512 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8515 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8516 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8518 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8519 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8520 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8522 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8524 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8525 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8527 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8529 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8530 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8531 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8532 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8533 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8535 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8536 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8538 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8539 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8542 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8547 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8548 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8549 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8550 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8551 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8552 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8553 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8556 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8558 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8560 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8561 window manager window around the frame. */
8563 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8565 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8567 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8572 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8573 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8574 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8576 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8578 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8579 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8581 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8582 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8584 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8587 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8588 frame's position. */
8590 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8594 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8595 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8596 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8597 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8598 of an exact comparison. */
8601 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8605 while (count
++ < 50)
8607 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8609 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8610 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8613 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8614 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8618 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8621 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8622 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8625 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8629 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8630 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8632 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8636 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8638 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8640 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8643 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8644 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8646 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8647 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8649 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8650 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8651 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8652 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8654 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8656 pending_signals
= 1;
8657 totally_unblock_input ();
8658 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8660 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8665 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8666 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8669 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8670 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8671 break; /* Timeout */
8673 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8674 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8678 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8679 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8680 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8681 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8684 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8686 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8688 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8689 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8690 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8692 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8694 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8696 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8697 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8698 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8699 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8701 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8702 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8703 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8704 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8707 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8708 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8709 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8710 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8711 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8713 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8714 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8715 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8716 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8718 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8719 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8720 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8721 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8722 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8724 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8727 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8728 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8729 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8730 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8731 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8734 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8735 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8736 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8742 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8743 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8744 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8745 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8748 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8752 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8756 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8757 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8758 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8759 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8760 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8761 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8762 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8763 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8764 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8765 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8767 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8769 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8770 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8771 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8772 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8773 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8774 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8775 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8779 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8780 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8782 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8783 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8785 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8787 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8789 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8790 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8792 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8793 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8794 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8795 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8796 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8801 /* Mouse warping. */
8804 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8808 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8809 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8811 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8812 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8814 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8815 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8819 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8820 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8824 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8827 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8831 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8832 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8836 /* Raise frame F. */
8839 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8842 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8843 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8844 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8848 /* Lower frame F. */
8851 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8853 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8856 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8857 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8862 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8865 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8867 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8868 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8869 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8870 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8871 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8874 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8877 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8879 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8880 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8882 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8884 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8887 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8888 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8889 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8890 make_number (32), list2i (1, last_user_time
));
8895 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8903 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8905 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8907 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8909 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8912 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8914 unsigned long data
[2];
8915 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8917 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8920 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8921 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8922 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8924 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8927 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8928 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8932 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8933 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8934 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8935 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8936 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8937 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8938 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8939 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8940 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8942 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8943 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8944 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8947 /* Change of visibility. */
8949 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8950 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8951 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8952 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8953 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8954 finishes with it. */
8957 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8960 int original_top
, original_left
;
8961 int retry_count
= 2;
8967 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8969 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8971 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8973 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8974 call x_set_offset a second time
8975 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8976 before the window gets really visible. */
8977 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8978 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8979 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8980 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8982 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8984 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8985 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8986 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8987 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8988 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8991 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8992 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8994 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8996 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8997 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8999 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9000 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9002 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9003 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9004 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9007 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9009 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9010 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9011 so that incoming events are handled. */
9015 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9016 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9017 will set it when they are handled. */
9018 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9020 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9021 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9023 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9026 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9028 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9029 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9030 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9031 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9033 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9034 because the window manager may choose the position
9035 and we don't want to override it. */
9037 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9038 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9039 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9040 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9041 && previously_visible
)
9045 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9049 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9050 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9051 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9052 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9053 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9054 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9055 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9056 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9057 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9059 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9060 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9061 original_left
, original_top
);
9066 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9068 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9069 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9070 MapNotify at all.. */
9071 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9072 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9074 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9077 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9078 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9079 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9080 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9081 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9083 if (input_polling_used ())
9085 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9086 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9087 handler reset it. */
9088 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9089 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9090 poll_for_input_1 ();
9091 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9097 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9101 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9102 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9103 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9104 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9106 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9111 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9113 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9116 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9120 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9121 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9123 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9124 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9125 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9129 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9130 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9131 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9132 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9133 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9134 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9137 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9138 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9141 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9142 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9147 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9148 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9151 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9155 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9156 just by the event that we get from the server.
9157 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9158 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9159 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9160 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9161 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9168 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9171 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9173 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9178 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9179 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9180 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9182 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9187 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9189 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9191 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9192 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9194 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9195 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9197 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9198 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9199 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9205 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9207 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9209 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9210 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9211 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9212 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9213 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9214 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9215 so we have to record it here. */
9216 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9217 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9222 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9223 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9224 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9228 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9230 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9231 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9234 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9236 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9238 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9239 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9240 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9241 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9242 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9243 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9245 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9246 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9248 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9249 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9253 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9254 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9255 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9256 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9257 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9259 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9260 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9262 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9266 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9270 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9272 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9274 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9276 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9277 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9280 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9281 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9283 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9285 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9289 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9292 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9294 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9295 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9296 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9298 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9303 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9304 commands to the X server. */
9305 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9307 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9308 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9310 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9311 free_frame_faces (f
);
9313 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9314 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9316 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9317 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9318 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9319 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9320 toolkit scroll bars. */
9321 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9323 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9324 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9333 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9334 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9336 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9337 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9339 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9340 we are using a toolkit. */
9341 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9342 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9344 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9345 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9348 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9349 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9351 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9352 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9353 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9355 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9356 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9357 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9358 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9359 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9360 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9362 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9363 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9364 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9365 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9366 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9367 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9368 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9369 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9370 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9371 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9372 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9373 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9374 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9375 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9376 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9380 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9381 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9383 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9384 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9386 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9388 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9389 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9392 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9395 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9396 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9397 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9399 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9400 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9401 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9402 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9403 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9404 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9405 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9406 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9412 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9415 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9417 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9419 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9420 commands to the X server. */
9421 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9422 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9424 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9428 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9430 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9431 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9432 that the window now has.
9433 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9434 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9435 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9439 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9441 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9442 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9444 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9445 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9447 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9452 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9453 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9455 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9456 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9458 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9459 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9461 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9462 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9463 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9464 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9465 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9466 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9468 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9470 int base_width
, base_height
;
9471 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9473 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9474 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9476 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9478 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9479 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9480 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9481 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9482 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9484 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9485 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9486 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9488 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9489 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9490 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9491 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9492 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9495 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9498 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9503 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9504 long supplied_return
;
9507 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9511 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9516 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9517 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9518 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9519 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9520 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9521 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9522 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9523 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9530 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9531 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9535 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9536 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9538 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9540 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9542 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9544 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9547 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9549 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9552 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9553 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9554 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9555 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9557 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9558 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9560 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9561 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9565 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9567 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9569 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9570 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9575 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9576 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9577 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9578 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9582 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9590 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9594 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9598 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9599 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9600 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9601 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9604 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9606 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9607 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9609 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9613 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9615 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9617 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9618 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9619 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9621 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9625 /***********************************************************************
9627 ***********************************************************************/
9631 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9635 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9637 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9638 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9639 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9642 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9645 /***********************************************************************
9647 ***********************************************************************/
9649 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9650 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9651 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9652 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9654 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9655 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9656 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9658 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9659 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9660 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9661 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9662 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9663 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9664 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9667 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9669 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9671 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9673 static int x_initialized
;
9675 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9676 the screen number from the server number. */
9678 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9681 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9682 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9683 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9685 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9686 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9687 length_until_period
++;
9689 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9690 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9692 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9694 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9695 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9696 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9697 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9698 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9699 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9700 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9701 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9702 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9703 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9704 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9705 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9706 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9707 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9709 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9713 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9717 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9718 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9721 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9722 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9725 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9746 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9747 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9750 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9752 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9753 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9758 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9759 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9761 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9762 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9766 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9767 the structure that describes the open display.
9768 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9770 struct x_display_info
*
9771 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9775 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9776 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9788 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9789 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9795 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9796 char **argv2
= argv
;
9799 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9801 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9805 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9806 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9808 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9812 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9814 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9816 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9817 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9820 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9821 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9823 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9825 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9826 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9827 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9829 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9830 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9831 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9832 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9834 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9835 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9836 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9838 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9840 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9843 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9847 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9849 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9850 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9852 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9853 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9855 s
= build_string (file
);
9856 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9858 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9859 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9863 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9864 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9867 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9868 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9869 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9871 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9872 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9873 So let's not use it until R6. */
9875 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9886 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9887 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9889 turn_on_atimers (0);
9890 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9891 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9892 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9894 turn_on_atimers (1);
9897 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9902 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9903 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9904 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9905 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9906 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9908 /* Detect failure. */
9915 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9917 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9918 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9921 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9924 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9925 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9926 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9927 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9930 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9933 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
9934 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9935 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
9937 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9938 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9939 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9940 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9941 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
9943 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9945 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9947 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9948 list of terminals. */
9949 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9950 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9951 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9952 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9954 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9955 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9957 kset_system_key_alist
9959 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9960 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9962 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9963 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9967 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9968 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9969 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9970 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9971 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9973 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9976 /* Put this display on the chain. */
9977 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
9978 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
9980 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
9981 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
9982 x_display_name_list
);
9983 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
9985 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
9987 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
9988 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
9991 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
9994 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
9995 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
9996 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
9997 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
9998 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
9999 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10000 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10002 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10003 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10005 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10007 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10008 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10009 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10011 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10012 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10014 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10015 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10016 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10017 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10019 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10021 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10023 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10025 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10026 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10027 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10028 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10029 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10030 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10031 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10033 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10035 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10036 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10038 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10039 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10040 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10041 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10042 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10043 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10046 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10047 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10049 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10052 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10053 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10054 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10056 if (STRINGP (value
)
10057 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10058 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10059 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10063 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10064 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10068 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10069 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10070 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10071 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10072 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10074 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10076 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10077 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10081 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10083 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10084 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10085 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10086 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10087 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10088 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10089 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10090 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10091 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10095 static const struct
10100 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10101 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10102 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10103 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10104 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10105 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10106 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10107 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10108 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10109 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10110 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10111 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10112 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10113 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10114 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10115 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10116 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10117 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10118 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10119 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10120 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10121 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10122 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10123 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10124 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10125 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10126 /* For properties of font. */
10127 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10128 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10129 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10130 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10131 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10132 /* Ghostscript support. */
10133 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10134 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10135 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10136 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10138 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10139 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10140 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10141 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10142 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10143 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10144 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10145 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10146 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10147 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10148 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10149 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10150 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10151 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10152 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10153 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10154 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10155 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10156 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10157 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10158 /* Session management */
10159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10165 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10166 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10167 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10168 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10169 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10170 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10171 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10172 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10174 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10175 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10177 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10178 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10179 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10180 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10182 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10183 False
, atoms_return
);
10185 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10186 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10188 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10189 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10191 xfree (atom_names
);
10192 xfree (atoms_return
);
10195 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10196 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10197 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10199 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10200 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10202 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10203 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10207 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10210 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10212 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10213 if (connection
!= 0)
10214 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10217 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10218 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10220 if (interrupt_input
)
10221 init_sigio (connection
);
10225 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10228 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10229 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10230 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10231 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10232 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10233 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10234 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10235 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10236 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10238 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10239 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10240 x_uncatch_errors ();
10244 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10245 for debugging X code. */
10248 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10249 build_string ("synchronous"),
10250 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10252 if (STRINGP (value
)
10253 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10254 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10255 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10260 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10261 build_string ("useXIM"),
10262 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10265 if (STRINGP (value
)
10266 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10267 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10270 if (STRINGP (value
)
10271 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10272 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10278 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10279 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10281 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10282 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10290 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10291 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10294 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10296 struct terminal
*t
;
10298 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10300 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10301 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10304 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10305 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10306 x_session_close ();
10308 delete_terminal (t
);
10312 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10314 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10315 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10316 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10317 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10318 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10323 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10324 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10326 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10328 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10331 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10335 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10336 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10338 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10339 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10342 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10344 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10345 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10346 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10349 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10350 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10351 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10355 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10357 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10358 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10359 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10360 that slows us down. */
10363 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10366 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10367 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10369 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10370 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10371 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10372 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10377 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10378 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10379 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10380 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10381 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10382 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10383 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10386 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10389 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10391 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10392 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10393 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10398 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10401 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10403 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10405 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10409 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10411 x_after_update_window_line
,
10412 x_update_window_begin
,
10413 x_update_window_end
,
10418 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10420 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10421 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10422 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10423 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10424 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10425 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10426 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10427 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10428 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10429 x_clear_frame_area
,
10430 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10431 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10432 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10436 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10438 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10440 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10442 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10443 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10444 if (!terminal
->name
)
10449 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10452 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10455 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10456 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10457 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10459 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10460 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10462 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10463 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10464 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10465 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10467 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10468 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10469 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10470 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10471 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10472 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10473 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10474 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10475 leaks in other situations. */
10477 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10478 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10480 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10482 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10483 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10484 closing all the displays. */
10485 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10489 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10491 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10492 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10494 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10496 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10499 /* Mark as dead. */
10500 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10501 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10505 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10506 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10508 static struct terminal
*
10509 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10511 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10513 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10515 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10516 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10517 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10519 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10521 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10522 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10523 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10524 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10525 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10526 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10527 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10528 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10529 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10530 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10531 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10532 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10533 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10534 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10535 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10536 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10537 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10538 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10539 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10540 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10542 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10543 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10545 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10546 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10547 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10548 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10549 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10550 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10557 x_initialize (void)
10562 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10563 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10564 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10567 current_count
= -1;
10570 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10571 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10573 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10574 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10576 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10578 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10579 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10580 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10581 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10582 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10583 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10584 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10586 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10589 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10591 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10592 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10596 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10597 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10598 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10600 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10601 original error handler. */
10602 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10603 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10608 syms_of_xterm (void)
10610 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10612 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10613 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10615 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10616 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10618 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10619 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10622 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10623 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10625 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10628 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10629 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10630 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10631 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10632 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10633 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10634 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10636 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10638 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10639 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10640 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10641 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10642 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10643 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10644 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10646 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10647 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10648 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10649 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10650 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10651 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10652 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10653 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10654 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10656 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10657 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10658 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10659 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10660 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10661 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10662 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10664 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10665 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10666 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10668 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10670 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10673 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10676 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10677 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10679 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10680 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10681 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10682 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10683 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10684 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10685 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10686 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10687 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10689 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10690 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10691 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10692 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10693 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10694 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10696 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10697 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10698 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10699 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10700 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10701 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10703 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10704 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10705 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10706 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10707 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10708 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10710 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10711 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10712 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10713 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10714 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10715 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10717 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10718 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10719 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10720 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10721 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10725 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */